[I18N] fetch latest 11.0 translations from Transifex
This commit is contained in:
parent
9fcd8fed19
commit
d8ffad22fc
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -49,16 +49,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
|
||||
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google "
|
||||
"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales "
|
||||
"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Selecciona *Calendar API*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
|
||||
"to store your API credentials."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se "
|
||||
"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Enable the API."
|
||||
@ -82,6 +87,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la "
|
||||
"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El "
|
||||
"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de"
|
||||
" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -255,14 +265,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -425,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"herramienta de Importar en la misma ventana."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
@ -3125,43 +3135,36 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new team?"
|
||||
msgstr "¿Cómo crear un nuevo equipo de ventas?"
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new channel?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** "
|
||||
"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed"
|
||||
" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales "
|
||||
"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* "
|
||||
"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
|
||||
"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
|
||||
"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
|
||||
" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
|
||||
"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
|
||||
"new one from scratch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"En el módulo de ventas, sus equipos de ventas son accesibles desde el menú "
|
||||
"**Tablero**. Si se inicia desde una nueva instancia, se encuentra un equipo "
|
||||
"de ventas instalado por defecto: Ventas Directas. Se puede iniciar usando "
|
||||
"ese equipo de ventas predeterminados y editarlo (consulte la sección *Crear "
|
||||
"y organizar sus etapas* de la página :doc:`organize_pipeline`) o crear uno "
|
||||
"nuevo desde cero."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
|
||||
"and click on **Create**."
|
||||
"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
|
||||
"Channels` and click on **Create**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para crear un nuevo equipo de ventas, ve a la sección "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Equipo de Ventas` y haz clic en **Crear**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Fill in the fields :"
|
||||
msgstr "Rellene los campos:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your team"
|
||||
msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del equipo"
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Select your team leader"
|
||||
msgstr "Seleccione al jefe del equipo"
|
||||
msgid "Select your channel leader"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Select your team members"
|
||||
@ -3171,11 +3174,8 @@ msgstr "Seleccione los integrantes del equipo"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
|
||||
"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
|
||||
"access your new team from your Dashboard."
|
||||
"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"No olvide marcar la casilla \"Oportunidades\" si usted desea gestionar las "
|
||||
"oportunidades, y debe dar clic en GUARDAR cuando haya terminado. Ahora usted"
|
||||
" puede acceder al nuevo equipo de ventas desde el Tablero."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Too much users error message"
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Ruben Dario Machado <ruben@vauxoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba <atgayol@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -51,8 +51,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
|
||||
"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
|
||||
" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
@ -134,48 +135,53 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server "
|
||||
"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it "
|
||||
"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source "
|
||||
"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
|
||||
" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
|
||||
"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
|
||||
"as it is really convenient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
|
||||
"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
|
||||
"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
|
||||
"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
|
||||
"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
|
||||
"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 methods:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to"
|
||||
" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create"
|
||||
" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following "
|
||||
"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. "
|
||||
"That's it you're ready to go!"
|
||||
"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
|
||||
"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
|
||||
"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
|
||||
"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
|
||||
"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
|
||||
"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That "
|
||||
"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). "
|
||||
"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a "
|
||||
"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online "
|
||||
"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
|
||||
"above section."
|
||||
"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
|
||||
" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
|
||||
@ -184,62 +190,62 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"spam."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
|
||||
"domain name settings:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
|
||||
msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
|
||||
"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
|
||||
" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
|
||||
@ -249,7 +255,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"external email box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
|
||||
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: RGB Consulting <odoo@rgbconsulting.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba <atgayol@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -704,6 +704,133 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
|
||||
"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
|
||||
"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
|
||||
"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
|
||||
"'Get Started'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
|
||||
" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
|
||||
"press the related option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Go through the registration steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
|
||||
"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
|
||||
"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
|
||||
" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
|
||||
" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "Dar inicio"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
|
||||
"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
|
||||
"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
|
||||
"production mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
|
||||
"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
|
||||
" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
|
||||
"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
|
||||
" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
|
||||
"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -878,11 +1005,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1005,13 +1127,10 @@ msgstr "¿Cómo obtener un pago con Paypal?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
|
||||
"starter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Paypal es el método de pago en línea más fácil de configurar. También es el "
|
||||
"único sin cuota de suscripción. Sin duda lo recomendaría a cualquier "
|
||||
"principiante."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
|
||||
@ -1081,10 +1200,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr "Configurar Paypal como método de pago en Odoo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
|
||||
@ -1118,10 +1233,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
|
||||
msgstr "Valor: tu Paypal *Token de identidad*"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "Dar inicio"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
|
||||
@ -1199,10 +1310,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de "
|
||||
"sandbox."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "BASICS"
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"No espera a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. "
|
||||
"No espere a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. "
|
||||
"Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la "
|
||||
"implementación."
|
||||
|
||||
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
|
||||
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Cuando se haya familiarizado con el interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a "
|
||||
"Cuando se haya familiarizado con la interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a "
|
||||
"los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la "
|
||||
"aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de"
|
||||
" las aplicaciones principales."
|
||||
@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ msgstr "ayudarle a definar metas y KPIs para cada aplicación,"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
|
||||
msgstr "guiarle tras los diferentes pasos de configuración,"
|
||||
msgstr "guiarle a través de los diferentes pasos de configuración,"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "y proveerle con pistas y trucos para aprovechar al maximo de Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "y proveerle con pistas y trucos para aprovechar al máximo Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"implementation process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Rellene los primeros pasos de los planeadores de implementación (metas, "
|
||||
"expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizara junto con "
|
||||
"expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizará junto con "
|
||||
"vosotros en el proceso de implementación."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
|
||||
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Si tiene algunas preguntas o necesita soporte, nuestro gerente de proyectos "
|
||||
"le guiará a traves de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:"
|
||||
"le guiará a través de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -175,12 +175,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
|
||||
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vea los videos en nuestra plataforma de aprendizaje (Gratuito en su primer "
|
||||
"paquete de exito): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
|
||||
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
|
||||
"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vea los seminarios web vía nuestro canal de Youtube "
|
||||
"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -200,6 +205,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
|
||||
" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Estamos acostumbrados a desplegar proyectos completos entre 25 a 250 horas "
|
||||
"de servicio, lo cual es mucho más rápido que otros vendedores de ERP en el "
|
||||
"mercado. La mayoría de proyectos son completados entre 1 a 9 meses. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -207,6 +215,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
|
||||
"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Lo que realmente **distingue una implementación exitosa a una lento, es "
|
||||
"usted el cliente! Por experiencia nuestra, cuando los clientes se "
|
||||
"comprometen y son proactivos, la implementación se desarrolla fácilmente."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
|
||||
@ -219,6 +230,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
|
||||
"person must:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Le pedimos mantener un único punto de contacto dentro de su empresa para "
|
||||
"trabajar con nuestro administrador de proyectos en Odoo. Esto es para "
|
||||
"garantizar la eficiencia y una única base de conocimiento en su empresa. "
|
||||
"Además, esta persona debe:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -226,6 +241,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
|
||||
"implementations having a full time project manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Estar disponible mínimo 2 días completos a la semana** para el proyecto, "
|
||||
"de lo contrario, arriesga ralentizar su implementación. Más es mejor, las "
|
||||
"implementaciones más rápidas son con un gerente de proyecto a tiempo "
|
||||
"completo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -235,6 +254,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
|
||||
"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Tener autoridad para tomar decisiones** por su propia cuenta. En el "
|
||||
"proceso de implementación de Odoo, normalmente serán mejorado los procesos "
|
||||
"de cada departamento. En un tal proyecto, muchas decisiones necesitan ser "
|
||||
"tomadas sobre pequeños detalles. Si se presenta demasiado involucramiento "
|
||||
"burocrático entre varios encargados, puede potencialmente ralentizar el "
|
||||
"proceso."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -242,10 +267,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
|
||||
"management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Tener liderazgo** para entrenar y enforzar politicas en la mayoria de "
|
||||
"departamentos. Esta persona debe contar con el apoyo, o debe ser parte, del "
|
||||
"equipo de gestión superior."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Integra el 90% de su negocio, no el 100%"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -253,12 +281,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
|
||||
"extremist.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otro software le permite un nivel "
|
||||
"tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea "
|
||||
"extremista en ese sentido**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
|
||||
" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Las personalizaciones le cuestan tiempo, son complejos para mantener, "
|
||||
"implican riesgos para la impelemntación y pueden causar problemas para las "
|
||||
"actualizaciónes."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -267,6 +301,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
|
||||
"costs of customization."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo en su versión estándar probablemente puede cubrir el 90% de su negocio."
|
||||
" Sea flexible para los faltantes 10%, de lo contrario estos 10% le pueden "
|
||||
"costar el doble del precio inicial del proyecto. Uno tiende a siempre "
|
||||
"subestimer los costos ocultos de personalizaciones."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -275,8 +313,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"system(s) works."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Hazlo de la manera Odoo, no de la suya.** Sea flexible, use Odoo de la "
|
||||
"manera de la cual fue diseñada. Aprende como funciona y no intente replicar "
|
||||
"la forma como funcionó su(s) viejo(s) sistema(s)."
|
||||
"manera en la cual fue diseñada. Aprende cómo funciona y no intente replicar "
|
||||
"la forma como funcionaron su(s) viejo(s) sistema(s)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -288,6 +326,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing "
|
||||
"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Primero el proyecto, segundo las personalizaciónes.** Si realmente "
|
||||
"necesita personalizaciones, proyectalos para el fin del proyecto, idealmente"
|
||||
" después de llegar a la fase de producción. Una vez un cliente empieza "
|
||||
"usando Odoo, normalmente abandona el 60% de sus requerimientos de "
|
||||
"personalización inicial por que aprende como hacerlo a la \"manera mágica "
|
||||
"Odoo\". Es más importante que todos sus procesos de negocio funcionen, que "
|
||||
"personalizar una pantalla para agregar campos o automatizar algunos correos "
|
||||
"electrónicos."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -298,6 +344,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
|
||||
"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nuestros gerentes de proyecto están capacitados para ayudarlo a tomar las "
|
||||
"decisiones correctas y medir las compensaciones involucradas, pero es mucho "
|
||||
"más fácil si está alineado con ellos en los objetivos. Algunos procesos "
|
||||
"pueden tardar más tiempo que (s) sistema (s) anterior (es), sin embargo, "
|
||||
"debe sopesar ese aumento en el tiempo con otras disminuciones en el tiempo "
|
||||
"para otros procesos. Si el tiempo neto gastado disminuye con su mudanza a "
|
||||
"Odoousted ya está adelantado. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
|
||||
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
|
||||
@ -309,6 +362,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
|
||||
" easier your training phases will be."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Empiece su prueba gratis. Juega con el sistema. Entre más cómodo se sienta "
|
||||
"con Odoo, mejor van a ser sus decisiones y más fácil será la fase de "
|
||||
"capacitaciones."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -408,9 +464,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
|
||||
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de ultima technologia incluyendo backups en"
|
||||
" tres differentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad "
|
||||
"de duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!"
|
||||
"¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de última tecnologia incluyendo backups en "
|
||||
"tres diferentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad de"
|
||||
" duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -445,14 +501,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
|
||||
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
|
||||
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
|
||||
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
|
||||
"subscription issues."
|
||||
"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
|
||||
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Su subscripción Odoo Online incluye un **servicio de soporte illimitado, "
|
||||
"24/5, lunes a viernes sin nigun costo addicional**. Para cubrir soporte de "
|
||||
"24 horas, nuestros equipos estan en San Francisco, Belgica e india. "
|
||||
"Cuestiónes puede ser sobre cualquier duda: como usar o configurar, errores "
|
||||
"del sistema, problemas de pago o de subscripción."
|
||||
"Su suscripción Odoo Online incluye un **servicio de soporte illimitado, "
|
||||
"24/5, lunes a viernes sin ningún costo adicional**. Para cubrir soporte de "
|
||||
"24 horas, nuestros equipos están en San Francisco, Bélgica y la India. "
|
||||
"Cuestiones pueden ser sobre cualquier duda: cómo usar o configurar, errores "
|
||||
"del sistema, problemas de pago o de suscripción."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -468,9 +524,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
|
||||
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nota: el quipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, "
|
||||
"Nota: el equipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, "
|
||||
"customizar, importar data o entrenar sus usarios. Estos servicios estan "
|
||||
"proveído por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess "
|
||||
"proveídos por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess "
|
||||
"Pack."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
|
||||
@ -483,10 +539,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
|
||||
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Una vez cada o cada dos meses, Odoo publicara una nueva versión. Aparecerá "
|
||||
"un bot´n de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de "
|
||||
"datos**. Correr una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le "
|
||||
"permite beneficiar de nuevas funcionalidades."
|
||||
"Una vez cada dos meses, Odoo publicará una nueva versión. Aparecerá un botón"
|
||||
" de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de datos**. Correr"
|
||||
" una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le permite beneficiarse"
|
||||
" de nuevas funcionalidades."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -507,45 +563,51 @@ msgstr "Servicios del Succes Pack"
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
|
||||
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
|
||||
"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
|
||||
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
|
||||
"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
|
||||
"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
|
||||
"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
|
||||
"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"El Success Pack es un paquete de servicios premium basado en horas "
|
||||
"ejecutados por un gerente de proyectos dedicado y un analista. La lista de "
|
||||
"servicios concorde con su paquete Success Pack esta detallada en línea: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
|
||||
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
|
||||
"your success pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"La meta del gerente de proyectos es ayudarle para salir aproducción en el "
|
||||
"marco de tiempo y presupuesto acordado, es decir en el numero de horas "
|
||||
"inicialmente definido en su paquete Success Pack."
|
||||
"La meta del gerente de proyectos es ayudarle para salir a producción en el "
|
||||
"marco de tiempo y presupuesto acordado, es decir en el número de horas "
|
||||
"inicialmente definido en su paquete Success Pack"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
|
||||
msgid "His/her role includes:"
|
||||
msgstr "Su rol incluye:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
|
||||
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
|
||||
"features."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Gestion de proyecto:** revisar sus objectivos y expectativas, programar la"
|
||||
" implementacion (road map), correpsonder sus necesidades de negocio a las "
|
||||
"**Gestión de proyecto:** revisar sus objectivos y expectativas, programar la"
|
||||
" implementación (road map), correpsonder sus necesidades de negocio a las "
|
||||
"funcionalidades de Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Soporte personalizado:** por telefono, correo electronico o webinar."
|
||||
"**Soporte personalizado:** por teléfono, correo electrónico o webinar."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
|
||||
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
|
||||
@ -553,21 +615,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"consultant."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Entrenamiento, capacitación y consultoría presencial:** capacitaciónes "
|
||||
"remotas compartiendo pantallas o entrenamiento presencial. Para sesiónes de "
|
||||
"remotas compartiendo pantallas o entrenamiento presencial. Para sesiones de "
|
||||
"entrenamiento presencial, incurrirá en costos adicionales por viaticos y "
|
||||
"alojamienteo de nuestros consultores."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
|
||||
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
|
||||
"structures, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Configuración:** decisónes sobre como implementar necesidades especificas "
|
||||
"en Odoo y configuracipónes avanzadas. (por ejemplo rutas logisticas, "
|
||||
"**Configuración:** desiciones sobre cómo implementar necesidades especificas"
|
||||
" en Odoo y configuracipónes avanzadas. (por ejemplo rutas logísticas, "
|
||||
"estrucutras de precios avanzadas, etcétera)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
|
||||
"prepared by the project manager."
|
||||
@ -575,62 +637,74 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Importaciones de datos:** podemos hacerlo nosotros o asistirle en hacerlo "
|
||||
"con una plantilla preparada por nuestro gerente de proyectos."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
|
||||
"services:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Si se ha suscrito a la opción **Aplicación personalizada**, se beneficiará "
|
||||
"de los siguientes servicios adicionales:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
|
||||
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Personalización de pantallas:** Studio toma el enfoque de arrastrar y "
|
||||
"soltar para personalizar la mayoría de las pantallas como usted vea "
|
||||
"adecuado."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
|
||||
"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
|
||||
"developers for advanced customizations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Personalización de reportes (PDF):** nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen"
|
||||
" acceso a desarolladores para personalizaciones avanzadas."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
|
||||
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
|
||||
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
|
||||
"of your success pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Diseño de página web:** temas estandares estan disponibles son costo "
|
||||
"addicional. Sin embargo, su gerente de proyectos puede consultarle en como "
|
||||
"utilizar los bloques basicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con "
|
||||
"**Diseño de página web:** temas estándares están disponibles sin costo "
|
||||
"adicional. Sin embargo, su gerente de proyectos puede consultarle en cómo "
|
||||
"utilizar los bloques básicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con "
|
||||
"el cliente se descontará de las horas del paquete Success Pack."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
|
||||
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
|
||||
"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Automatisaciónes de flujos de trabajo:** por ejemplo colocar valores en "
|
||||
"**Automatizaciones de flujos de trabajo:** por ejemplo colocar valores en "
|
||||
"campos basado en activadores, mandar recordatorios por correo electornico, "
|
||||
"automatizar acciónes, etcétera. Para automatizaciónes muy avanzadas, "
|
||||
"nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
|
||||
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
|
||||
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Cualquier personalización require la aplicación Odoo Studio. "
|
||||
"Personalizaciones realizadas en Odoo Studio serán mantenidas y actualizadas "
|
||||
"en cada actualización de Odoo, sin costo adicional."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
|
||||
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"El tiempo invertido en realizar estas personalizaciones por parte de "
|
||||
"nuestros analistas comerciales se deducirá de su paquete de éxito."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
|
||||
"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
|
||||
@ -638,27 +712,37 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
|
||||
"added to the subscription fee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"En el caso que la personalización requiera la intervención de un "
|
||||
"desarrollador, se cobrará una tarifa de mantenimiento recurrente en la "
|
||||
"suscripción del cliente, para cubrir los servicios de mantenimiento y "
|
||||
"actualizaciones. Este costo estará basado en las horas gastadas por el "
|
||||
"desarrollador: se agregaran 4 € o $ 5 / mes por cada hora de desarrollo será"
|
||||
" agregado a la tarifa de suscripción."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
|
||||
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Ejemplo:** una personalización que requirió 2 horas de desarrollo costará:"
|
||||
" 2 horas deducidas del paquete de exito por el desarrollo personalizado 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/ mes como tarifa recurrente para el mantenimiento de esta "
|
||||
"personalización. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
|
||||
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
|
||||
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y practica**, que empleamos para salir "
|
||||
"juntos con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
|
||||
"Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y práctica**, que empleamos para salir "
|
||||
"junto con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
|
||||
"progressively, by groups of apps."
|
||||
@ -666,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
|
||||
"progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
|
||||
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
|
||||
@ -674,15 +758,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"La meta de la **llamada de arranque** para nuestro gerente de proyectos es "
|
||||
"lograr entender su negocio para proponer un chronograma de implementación "
|
||||
"lograr entender su negocio para proponer un cronograma de implementación "
|
||||
"(planeación). Cada fase consiste en el despliegue de un conjunto de "
|
||||
"applicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
|
||||
"aplicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
|
||||
msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
|
||||
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
|
||||
@ -691,19 +775,19 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Incorporación:** El gerente de proyectos de Odoo revisará los procesos "
|
||||
"internos con vosotros según su negocio. La meta es entrenarle, validar los "
|
||||
"procesos internos y configurar la instancia segun sus necesidades "
|
||||
"específicos."
|
||||
"específicas."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
|
||||
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
|
||||
"manager will import them in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Datos:** son creados manualmente o ipmortados de sus sistema existente. "
|
||||
"Usted estará responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el "
|
||||
"**Datos:** son creados manualmente o importados de su sistema existente. "
|
||||
"Usted será responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el "
|
||||
"gerente de proyectos de Odoo los importará en Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
|
||||
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
|
||||
@ -712,41 +796,41 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"** Entrenamiento: ** una vez que sus aplicaciones estén configuradas, sus "
|
||||
"datos importados, y el sistema esté funcionando sin problemas, usted "
|
||||
"capacitara a sus usuarios. Habrá algunos ajustes con su gerente de proyecto "
|
||||
"capacitará a sus usuarios. Habrá algunos ajustes con su gerente de proyecto "
|
||||
"Odoo para responder a las preguntas y procesar sus comentarios."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo está entrenado, sus usuarios "
|
||||
"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo esté entrenado, sus usuarios "
|
||||
"comienzan a usar Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
|
||||
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
|
||||
" and reports**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Una vez estará comodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciónes para "
|
||||
"Una vez esté cómodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciones para "
|
||||
"finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
|
||||
"restantes personalizaciónes (**vpantallas extras y reportes**)."
|
||||
"restantes personalizaciónes (**pantallas extras y reportes**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
|
||||
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
|
||||
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Una vez todas las applicaciónes estan despliegados y sus usuarios se sienten"
|
||||
" comodos trabajndo con odoo, nuestro gerente de proyectos no trabajará mas "
|
||||
"en su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el"
|
||||
" servicio de soporte si tiene mas preguntas."
|
||||
"Una vez todas las aplicaciónes estén despliegadas y sus usuarios se sientan "
|
||||
"cómodos trabajndo con Odoo, nuestro gerente de proyectos no trabajará mas en"
|
||||
" su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el "
|
||||
"servicio de soporte si tiene más preguntas."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
|
||||
msgid "Managing your databases"
|
||||
msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
|
||||
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
|
||||
@ -755,29 +839,29 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
|
||||
"esquina superior derecha."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
|
||||
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
|
||||
" with test data!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes "
|
||||
"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
|
||||
"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. ¡No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
|
||||
"con los datos de prueba!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
|
||||
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
|
||||
"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
|
||||
"page and click **Duplicate**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para este proposito, puede crear las instancias de prueba que necesite "
|
||||
"(disponible para 15 días). Estas instancias pueden ser copias al día con su "
|
||||
"instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y en"
|
||||
" la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga click en **Duplicar**."
|
||||
"Para este propósito, puede crear las instancias de prueba que necesite "
|
||||
"(disponible durante 15 días). Estas instancias pueden ser copias al día con "
|
||||
"su instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y"
|
||||
" en la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga clic en **Duplicar**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
|
||||
"<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
@ -785,19 +869,19 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
|
||||
"datos :ref:`aquí <db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
|
||||
msgid "Customer Success"
|
||||
msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
|
||||
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo se passiona para deleitar a nuestros clientes y assegurar que disponen "
|
||||
"de todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
|
||||
"Odoo se apasiona en deleitar a nuestros clientes y asegurar que disponen de "
|
||||
"todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
|
||||
"manager and eventually the support team."
|
||||
@ -805,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
|
||||
"de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
|
||||
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
|
||||
@ -814,23 +898,23 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Una vez salido a producción, posiblemente habrá menos interacción con su "
|
||||
"gerente de proyectos. En este momento le assignaremos un miembro de nuestro "
|
||||
"equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación continua "
|
||||
"con nuestros clientes. El le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
|
||||
"mejorar la manera de como utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
|
||||
"gerente de proyectos. En este momento le asignaremos a un miembro de nuestro"
|
||||
" equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación contínua "
|
||||
"con nuestros clientes. Le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
|
||||
"mejorar la manera de cómo utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
|
||||
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente po, al menos, 10 años, y "
|
||||
"ofrecerles una solución que crece con sus necesidades!"
|
||||
"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente durante al menos 10 años,"
|
||||
" y ofrecerles una solución que crezca con sus necesidades!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
|
||||
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
|
||||
msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Establecer"
|
||||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||||
@ -539,18 +539,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
|
||||
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
|
||||
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||||
"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
|
||||
" be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
|
||||
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This "
|
||||
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para completar una recogida o para realizar el inventario, necesita "
|
||||
"asegurarse de que sus productos están codificados en Odoo junto con sus "
|
||||
"códigos de barras. Si ya no se ha hecho, puede llenar los códigos de barras "
|
||||
"en los productos a través de una interface práctica. Vaya a "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y de clic en el "
|
||||
"botón **Configurar Códigos de Barra de Productos**. Esta interface también "
|
||||
"puede ser accedida a través de la agenda."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
|
||||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||||
@ -560,11 +554,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"no a la plantilla de producto (de lo contrario no sería capaz de "
|
||||
"diferenciarlos) "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||||
msgstr "Configurar localizaciones de código de barras"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||||
@ -582,7 +576,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"de barra de las ubicaciones. Hay 4 códigos de barra por página, organizados "
|
||||
"de forma que es conveniente imprimir en papel adhesivo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
|
||||
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
|
||||
@ -591,11 +585,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"corto de ubicación** - (**Corredor X** - **Estantería Y** - **Altura Z**) "
|
||||
"Ejemplo: A032-025-133"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Barcode formats"
|
||||
msgstr "Formato de código de barras"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||||
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||||
@ -608,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"código EAN (es por esto que dos productos en una tienda nunca tendrán el "
|
||||
"mismo código EAN)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
|
||||
"your own barcode format for internal use."
|
||||
@ -2985,8 +2979,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"para el siguiente paso."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
|
||||
msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr "¿Cómo transferir el recibo a sus existencias?"
|
||||
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3728,12 +3722,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para crear una ubicación de desecho adicional, Vaya a "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque "
|
||||
"**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3809,10 +3800,8 @@ msgstr "3) Desechar desde transferencias internas (pestaña Demanda Inicial)."
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para desechar el producto desde transferencias internas, Vaya a "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Recibos`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3837,11 +3826,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
|
||||
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Para permitir el cambio de la ubicación de desecho en el asistente, debe "
|
||||
"seleccionar en los ajustes **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** en "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||||
@ -4624,14 +4610,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
|
||||
" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||||
" specific product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los "
|
||||
"productos y pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto (Pestaña "
|
||||
"de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||||
"product form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
@ -4639,7 +4629,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de "
|
||||
"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
@ -4647,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de "
|
||||
"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||||
@ -4655,7 +4645,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la "
|
||||
"categoría interna del producto"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
@ -4663,18 +4653,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en"
|
||||
" el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/estrategias/traslado`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../contabilidad/otros/inventario/valoración_precio_promedio`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/costeo/costos_en_destino`"
|
||||
@ -7486,7 +7476,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_anglosajón`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Settings"
|
||||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||||
msgstr "Ajustes"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Products"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Ana Juaristi <ajuaristio@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Carles Antoli <carlesantoli@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ msgstr "Un POSBox Registrado per configración de POS."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Establecer"
|
||||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "POSBox"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Ruben Dario Machado <ruben@vauxoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Miguel Mendez <migmen@virtuellhandel.no>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
|
||||
@ -1202,7 +1203,70 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Request for Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Solicitud de presupuestos"
|
||||
msgstr "Solicitud de Cotización"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
|
||||
"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
|
||||
"products have actually been received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what is"
|
||||
" called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
|
||||
"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
|
||||
"Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
|
||||
"bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
|
||||
"the 3-way matching."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
|
||||
"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
|
||||
"three possible values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
|
||||
"Bill and Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
|
||||
"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
|
||||
"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
|
||||
@ -1378,7 +1442,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
@ -2143,8 +2208,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into "
|
||||
"a purchase order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Representa la fecha en que el presupuesto debe ser validado y se convierte "
|
||||
"en una orden de compra."
|
||||
"Representa la fecha en que la cotización debe ser validada y se convierte en"
|
||||
" una orden de compra."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Source Document"
|
||||
@ -2161,8 +2226,8 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
|
||||
msgstr "Entregar a"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de albarán de la recepción"
|
||||
msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Drop Ship Address"
|
||||
@ -2459,7 +2524,144 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr "Compras por Licitaciones"
|
||||
msgstr "Licitaciones de compra"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Blanket Order** is a contract between you (the customer) and your "
|
||||
"supplier. It is used to negotiate a discounted price. The supplier is "
|
||||
"benefited by the economies of scale inherent in a large order. You are "
|
||||
"benefited by being allowed to take multiple smaller deliveries over a period"
|
||||
" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
|
||||
"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
|
||||
"conditions. These usually include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Unit price for each product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Blanket Order function is provided by the Purchase Agreements feature. "
|
||||
"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
|
||||
"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
|
||||
"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
|
||||
"box, then click on **Save**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreements`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
|
||||
"dates with each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
|
||||
" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Be careful to change the **Quantity** field on the RFQ. By default, the RFQ"
|
||||
" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
|
||||
"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
|
||||
" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Agreements "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
@ -2501,64 +2703,65 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreements (PA)`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
|
||||
" submitted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
|
||||
" order to the chosen vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
|
||||
"be delivered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
|
||||
"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
|
||||
"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
|
||||
"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
|
||||
" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Tenders "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
|
||||
@ -3561,7 +3764,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Module Installation"
|
||||
msgstr "Instalación del Módulo"
|
||||
msgstr "Instalación de un módulo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -1129,22 +1129,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
|
||||
"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
|
||||
"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
|
||||
"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
|
||||
"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
|
||||
"delivery order automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Además, la revisión de la oferta de un teléfono móvil es fácil. Realmente "
|
||||
"fácil. El cliente tiene una cita clara con una tabla de contenido. Podemos "
|
||||
"comunicarnos fácilmente. Identifico una oportunidad como vendiendo. Por lo "
|
||||
"tanto, adapto la oferta mediante la adición de más productos. Cuando la "
|
||||
"oferta está lista, el cliente sólo tiene que firmarla en línea en sólo unos "
|
||||
"clics. Odoo ventas se integra con los principales servicios de envío: UPS, "
|
||||
"Fedex, USPS y más. La oferta firmada crea una orden de entrega automática."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr "Eso es todo, vendí exitosamente mis productos en sólo unos clicks."
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1673,10 +1666,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
|
||||
"etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de datos "
|
||||
"(contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). Puedes abrirlos con "
|
||||
"cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google"
|
||||
" Drive, etc.)."
|
||||
"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la "
|
||||
"información más común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). "
|
||||
"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft "
|
||||
"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How to customize the file"
|
||||
@ -1895,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Establecer"
|
||||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
|
||||
@ -2229,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Presupuestos"
|
||||
msgstr "Cotizaciones"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: RGB Consulting <odoo@rgbconsulting.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -99,6 +99,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
|
||||
"to store your API credentials."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se "
|
||||
"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Enable the API."
|
||||
@ -122,6 +124,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la "
|
||||
"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El "
|
||||
"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de"
|
||||
" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"dessous de l'outil d'importation sur la même fenêtre."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
@ -3106,44 +3106,36 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new team?"
|
||||
msgstr "Comment créer une nouvelle équipe?"
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new channel?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** "
|
||||
"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed"
|
||||
" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales "
|
||||
"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* "
|
||||
"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
|
||||
"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
|
||||
"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
|
||||
" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
|
||||
"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
|
||||
"new one from scratch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Dans le module de Ventes, vos équipes de vente sont accessibles depuis le "
|
||||
"**Tableau de bord**. Si vous commencez à partir d'une nouvelle instance, "
|
||||
"vous trouverez une équipe de vente installée par défaut : Les ventes "
|
||||
"directes. Vous pouvez commencer à utiliser cette équipe de vente par défaut "
|
||||
"et la modifier (reportez-vous à la section *Créer et organiser vos étapes* à"
|
||||
" partir de la page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) ou en créer une nouvelle à "
|
||||
"partir de zéro."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
|
||||
"and click on **Create**."
|
||||
"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
|
||||
"Channels` and click on **Create**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Pour créer une nouvelle équipe, aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Equipes de vente` et cliquez sur **Créer**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Fill in the fields :"
|
||||
msgstr "Compléter les champs :"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your team"
|
||||
msgstr "Saisir le nom de votre équipe"
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Select your team leader"
|
||||
msgstr "Choisir le chef de votre équipe"
|
||||
msgid "Select your channel leader"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Select your team members"
|
||||
@ -3153,12 +3145,8 @@ msgstr "Choisir les membres de votre équipe"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
|
||||
"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
|
||||
"access your new team from your Dashboard."
|
||||
"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case «Opportunités» si vous voulez que cette "
|
||||
"équipe gère des opportunités, et de cliquer sur Enregistrer lorsque vous "
|
||||
"avez terminé. Votre pouvez accéder dès maintenant à votre nouvelle équipe à "
|
||||
"partir du Tableau de bord."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Too much users error message"
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr "Discussions"
|
||||
msgstr "Messages"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo"
|
||||
@ -51,8 +51,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
|
||||
"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
|
||||
" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
@ -134,48 +135,53 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server "
|
||||
"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it "
|
||||
"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source "
|
||||
"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
|
||||
" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
|
||||
"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
|
||||
"as it is really convenient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
|
||||
"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
|
||||
"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
|
||||
"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
|
||||
"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
|
||||
"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 methods:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to"
|
||||
" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create"
|
||||
" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following "
|
||||
"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. "
|
||||
"That's it you're ready to go!"
|
||||
"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
|
||||
"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
|
||||
"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
|
||||
"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
|
||||
"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
|
||||
"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That "
|
||||
"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). "
|
||||
"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a "
|
||||
"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online "
|
||||
"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
|
||||
"above section."
|
||||
"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
|
||||
" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
|
||||
@ -184,62 +190,62 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"spam."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
|
||||
"domain name settings:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
|
||||
msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
|
||||
"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
|
||||
" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
|
||||
@ -249,7 +255,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"external email box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
|
||||
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Hamid Darabi <hamid.darabi@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -660,6 +660,133 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
|
||||
"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
|
||||
"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
|
||||
"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
|
||||
"'Get Started'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
|
||||
" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
|
||||
"press the related option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Go through the registration steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
|
||||
"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
|
||||
"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
|
||||
" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
|
||||
" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
|
||||
"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
|
||||
"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
|
||||
"production mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
|
||||
"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
|
||||
" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
|
||||
"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
|
||||
" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
|
||||
"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -834,11 +961,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -954,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
|
||||
"starter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -1025,10 +1147,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
|
||||
@ -1062,10 +1180,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
|
||||
@ -1141,10 +1255,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alexis de Lattre <alexis@via.ecp.fr>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Charges"
|
||||
msgstr "Notes de frais"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: françois futhazar <francois.futhazar@tco.re>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "BASICS"
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
@ -454,15 +454,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
|
||||
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
|
||||
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
|
||||
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
|
||||
"subscription issues."
|
||||
"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
|
||||
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Votre abonnement Odoo en ligne comprend un service de**support illimité sans"
|
||||
" frais supplémentaires, 24/5, du lundi au vendredi**. Pour couvrir les 24 "
|
||||
"heures, nos équipes sont à San Francisco, en Belgique et en Inde. Les "
|
||||
"questions pourraient être n'importe lesquelles comme : comment utiliser ou "
|
||||
"configurer, demandes de correction de bugs, problèmes de paiements ou "
|
||||
"d'abonnement."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -517,16 +511,22 @@ msgstr "Services Succes Pack"
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
|
||||
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
|
||||
"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
|
||||
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
|
||||
"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
|
||||
"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
|
||||
"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
|
||||
"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Le Success Pack est un ensemble de services premium sur base horaire fournis"
|
||||
" par un gestionnaire de projet et un consultant fonctionnel dédiés. La liste"
|
||||
" des services en fonction de votre succes pack est détaillée en ligne: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
|
||||
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
|
||||
@ -536,11 +536,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"production dans le laps de temps et le budget définis, i.e. le nombre "
|
||||
"initial d'heures définies dans votre succes pack."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
|
||||
msgid "His/her role includes:"
|
||||
msgstr "Son rôle comprend :"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
|
||||
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
|
||||
@ -550,12 +550,12 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"planification de la mise en œuvre (feuille de route), la cartographie entre "
|
||||
"les besoins de votre entreprise et les fonctionnalités de Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Assistance personnalisée :** par téléphone, par courriel ou webinaire."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
|
||||
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
|
||||
@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"site, vous devrez prévoir de payer un supplément pour les frais de voyage et"
|
||||
" d'hébergement pour votre consultant."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
|
||||
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
|
||||
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"spécifiques dans Odoo et configuration avancée. (par ex. routes logistique, "
|
||||
"structures avancées de tarification, etc.)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
|
||||
"prepared by the project manager."
|
||||
@ -585,26 +585,26 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Importation de données :** nous pouvons le faire ou vous aider à le faire "
|
||||
"avec un modèle préparé par le chef de projet."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
|
||||
"services:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
|
||||
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
|
||||
"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
|
||||
"developers for advanced customizations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
|
||||
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
|
||||
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"vous coacher sur la façon d'utiliser les blocs de construction du concepteur"
|
||||
" de site Web. Le temps passé va consommer des heures de votre succes pack."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
|
||||
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
|
||||
@ -627,20 +627,20 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"automatisation d'actions, etc. Pour des automatisations très avancées, nos "
|
||||
"chefs de projet ont accès aux développeurs d'Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
|
||||
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
|
||||
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
|
||||
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
|
||||
"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
|
||||
@ -649,18 +649,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"added to the subscription fee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
|
||||
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
|
||||
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
|
||||
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
|
||||
@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"mettre les clients en production dans un court laps de temps et à un faible "
|
||||
"coût."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
|
||||
"progressively, by groups of apps."
|
||||
@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
|
||||
"phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
|
||||
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
|
||||
@ -689,11 +689,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"phasé. Chaque phase est le déploiement d'un ensemble d'applications que vous"
|
||||
" utiliserez pleinement en production à la fin de la phase."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
|
||||
msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
|
||||
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
|
||||
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
" de Odoo avec vous, selon vos activités. Le but est de vous former, valider "
|
||||
"le processus d'affaires et de configurer selon vos besoins spécifiques."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
|
||||
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
|
||||
@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vous êtes responsable de l'export des données de votre système existant et "
|
||||
"le chef de projet Odoo va les importer dans Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
|
||||
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
|
||||
@ -726,13 +726,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"projet Odoo pour répondre aux questions et traiter vos retour d'information."
|
||||
" "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
|
||||
"commencent à utiliser Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
|
||||
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
|
||||
@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
|
||||
"restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
|
||||
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
|
||||
@ -753,11 +753,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"projet (sauf si vous avez de nouveaux besoins) et vous utiliserez le service"
|
||||
" d'assistance si vous avez d'autres questions."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
|
||||
msgid "Managing your databases"
|
||||
msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
|
||||
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
|
||||
@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
|
||||
"supérieur droit."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
|
||||
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
|
||||
@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
|
||||
"environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
|
||||
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
|
||||
@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"sur le compte Odoo.com sur la page **My Databases** et cliquez sur "
|
||||
"**Dupliquer**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
|
||||
"<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
@ -797,11 +797,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
|
||||
"données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
|
||||
msgid "Customer Success"
|
||||
msgstr "Succès Client"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
|
||||
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
|
||||
@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
|
||||
"disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
|
||||
"manager and eventually the support team."
|
||||
@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
|
||||
"éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
|
||||
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
|
||||
@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
|
||||
"évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
|
||||
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
|
||||
@ -840,10 +840,10 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
|
||||
" de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
|
||||
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
|
||||
msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: lap.odoo <lap@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -436,22 +436,23 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
|
||||
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
|
||||
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||||
"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
|
||||
" be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
|
||||
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This "
|
||||
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
|
||||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||||
"them)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||||
@ -462,17 +463,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"paper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
|
||||
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Barcode formats"
|
||||
msgstr "Formats de code-barre"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||||
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||||
@ -480,7 +481,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
|
||||
"your own barcode format for internal use."
|
||||
@ -791,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Active"
|
||||
msgstr "Actif"
|
||||
msgstr "Actif/ve"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -2852,8 +2853,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**WH/Input**, ce qui le rend disponible pour l'étape suivante."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
|
||||
msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr "Comment transférer la réception en stock ?"
|
||||
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3491,13 +3492,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Pour créer un emplacement de mise au rebut supplémentaire, allez à "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Configuration`, cochez "
|
||||
"**Gérer plusieurs emplacements par entrepôt**, puis cliquez sur "
|
||||
"**Appliquer**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3573,10 +3570,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Pour mettre des articles au rebut lors d'un transfert interne, allez à "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Tableau de bord --> Réceptions`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3600,12 +3595,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
|
||||
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Pour permettre de changer d'emplacement de mise au rebut dans l'assistant, "
|
||||
"vous devez sélectionner l'option **Gérer plusieurs emplacement par "
|
||||
"entrepôt** dans les réglages à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Configuration`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||||
@ -4315,45 +4306,52 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
|
||||
" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||||
" specific product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||||
"product form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
@ -6854,7 +6852,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Settings"
|
||||
msgstr "Paramètres"
|
||||
msgstr "Configuration"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Products"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: ShevAbam <shevabam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Comment utiliser des codes de réduction sur les produits?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Ce tutoriel décrit comment utiliser les réductions sur les produits."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||||
@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Active"
|
||||
msgstr "Actif"
|
||||
msgstr "Actif/ve"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Fabrice Henrion <fhe@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Nancy Bolognesi <nb@microcom.ca>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
|
||||
@ -1199,6 +1200,69 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Request for Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Demande de Prix"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
|
||||
"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
|
||||
"products have actually been received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what is"
|
||||
" called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
|
||||
"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
|
||||
"Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
|
||||
"bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
|
||||
"the 3-way matching."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
|
||||
"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
|
||||
"three possible values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
|
||||
"Bill and Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
|
||||
"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
|
||||
"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
|
||||
msgstr "Comment analyser les performances de mes fournisseurs ?"
|
||||
@ -1375,7 +1439,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
@ -2164,8 +2229,8 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
|
||||
msgstr "Livrer à"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr "Ceci déterminera le type de prélèvement de la réception"
|
||||
msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr "Cela déterminera le type d'opération des réceptions"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Drop Ship Address"
|
||||
@ -2469,6 +2534,143 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel`"
|
||||
msgid "Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr "Appels d'offre"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Blanket Order** is a contract between you (the customer) and your "
|
||||
"supplier. It is used to negotiate a discounted price. The supplier is "
|
||||
"benefited by the economies of scale inherent in a large order. You are "
|
||||
"benefited by being allowed to take multiple smaller deliveries over a period"
|
||||
" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
|
||||
"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
|
||||
"conditions. These usually include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Unit price for each product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Blanket Order function is provided by the Purchase Agreements feature. "
|
||||
"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
|
||||
"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
|
||||
"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
|
||||
"box, then click on **Save**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreements`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
|
||||
"dates with each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
|
||||
" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Be careful to change the **Quantity** field on the RFQ. By default, the RFQ"
|
||||
" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
|
||||
"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
|
||||
" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Agreements "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -2509,64 +2711,65 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreements (PA)`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
|
||||
" submitted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
|
||||
" order to the chosen vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
|
||||
"be delivered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
|
||||
"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
|
||||
"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
|
||||
"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
|
||||
" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Tenders "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Sales"
|
||||
msgstr "Ventes"
|
||||
msgstr "Vente"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Topics"
|
||||
@ -1133,24 +1133,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
|
||||
"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
|
||||
"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
|
||||
"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
|
||||
"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
|
||||
"delivery order automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De plus, l'examen de l'offre à partir d'un téléphone mobile est facile. "
|
||||
"Vraiment facile. Le client a obtenu un devis clair avec une table des "
|
||||
"matières. Nous pouvons communiquer facilement. J'ai identifié une "
|
||||
"opportunité de vente incitative. Donc, j'adapte l'offre en ajoutant plus de "
|
||||
"produits. Lorsque l'offre est prête, le client a juste besoin de le signer "
|
||||
"en ligne en quelques clics. Le module Ventes d'Odoo est intégré avec les "
|
||||
"principaux services d'expédition : UPS, Fedex, USPS et plus. L'offre signée "
|
||||
"crée automatiquement un ordre de livraison."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Voilà, j'ai vendu mes produits avec succès en seulement quelques clics."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -88,6 +88,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. "
|
||||
"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De "
|
||||
"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De "
|
||||
"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -96,12 +101,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
|
||||
"the first time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Odoo). "
|
||||
"Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren maar dit is niet "
|
||||
"verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden wanneer je de "
|
||||
"Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
|
||||
" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Tenslotte krijg je jou **Client ID**. Ga naar *Credentials* om ook de "
|
||||
"**Client secret** te verkrijgen. Je zult deze beide nodig hebben in Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
|
||||
@ -116,6 +127,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
|
||||
"credentials in Google Calendar option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ga naar :menuselection:'Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen' en voeg jou "
|
||||
"credentials toe in de Google Calendar optie."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -124,6 +137,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
|
||||
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De setup is nu compleet. Open jou Odoo Kalender en sync hem met Google. De "
|
||||
"eerste keer wanner je dit doet zal je doorgestuurd worden naar Google om de "
|
||||
"connectie te goed te keuren. Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de "
|
||||
"sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
|
||||
@ -167,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -259,14 +276,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -425,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
" importeer tool op hetzelfde scherm."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
@ -448,6 +465,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
|
||||
"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Standaard is het leads stadium niet geactiveerd in Odoo CRM. Om dit te "
|
||||
"activeren ga naar :menuselection:`Verkoop --> Instellingen --> "
|
||||
"Instellingen`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -475,6 +495,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
|
||||
" the **Internal notes** field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Van het contact formulier, vul alle details in die je in je bezit hebt "
|
||||
"(contact naam, email, telefoonnummer, adres, enz.) alsook wat meer "
|
||||
"informatie in het **Interne notities** veld."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1074,6 +1097,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
|
||||
"opportunities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo's Lead Scoring module laat je toe een score te geven aan leads "
|
||||
"gebaseerd op specifieke criteria - hoeveelste hoger de waarde, hoeveelste "
|
||||
"hoger de kans dat de prospect \"klaar is voor sales\". Hiervoor, de beste "
|
||||
"leads worden automatisch toegewezen aan verkooppersonen zodat hun pijplijn "
|
||||
"niet vervuild wordt met slecht gekwalificeerde opportuniteiten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1337,6 +1365,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
|
||||
"extracted:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Je zal ook PJSIP moeten installeren, je kan de broncode `hier "
|
||||
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_ downloaden. Eenmaal de broncode "
|
||||
"directory uitgepakt is:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
|
||||
@ -1390,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "Voer het Asterisk configuratie script uit:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Voer de Asteriks menuselect tool uit:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1399,6 +1430,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
|
||||
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"In het selectieveld, ga naar de resources optie en verifieer dat res_srtp "
|
||||
"ingeschakeld is. Als er 3 x's zijn naast res_srtp, dan is er een probleem "
|
||||
"met de srtp bibliotheek en moet je deze herinstalleren. Sla de configuratie "
|
||||
"op (druk op x). Je zou ook sterren moeten zien voor de res_pjsip lijnen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
|
||||
@ -1410,6 +1445,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
|
||||
"run 'make config'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als je voorbeeld configuraties nodig heft kan je \"maak voorbeelden\" "
|
||||
"uitvoeren om voorbeeld configuraties te installeren. Als je het Asterisk "
|
||||
"opstart script moet installeren kan je dit 'maak configuratie' runnen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
|
||||
@ -1428,6 +1466,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
|
||||
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Creëer de DTLS certificaten (vervang pbx.mycompany.com met jou ip adres of "
|
||||
"dns naam, vervang My Super Company met jou bedrijfsnaam):"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
|
||||
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
|
||||
@ -1441,6 +1481,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
|
||||
"uncommented:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Voor WebRTC, zijn er vele instellingen nodig die MOETEN ingesteld worden in "
|
||||
"de peer settings. De algemene instellingen vloeien niet goed door naar de "
|
||||
"peer instellingen. Standaard, Asterisk configuratie bestanden zijn te vinden"
|
||||
" in /etc/asterisk/. Start door http.conf te editeren en verifieer dat "
|
||||
"volgende lijnen uit commentaar staan:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3031,43 +3076,36 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new team?"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe een nieuw team aan te maken?"
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new channel?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** "
|
||||
"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed"
|
||||
" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales "
|
||||
"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* "
|
||||
"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
|
||||
"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
|
||||
"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
|
||||
" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
|
||||
"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
|
||||
"new one from scratch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"In de verkoop module zijn uw verkoopteams toegankelijk vanuit het "
|
||||
"**Dashboard** menu. Indien u start van een nieuwe instantie vind u een "
|
||||
"standaard geïnstalleerd verkoopteam: Directe verkopen. U kan het standaard "
|
||||
"verkoopteam gebruiken en het wjizigen (zie de sectie *Maak en organiseer uw "
|
||||
"fases* vanuit de pagina :doc:`organize_pipeline`) of maak een nieuw "
|
||||
"verkoopteam aan."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
|
||||
"and click on **Create**."
|
||||
"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
|
||||
"Channels` and click on **Create**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om een nieuw team aan te maken gaat u naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> "
|
||||
"Verkoopteams` en klikt u op **Aanmaken**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Fill in the fields :"
|
||||
msgstr "Vul de velden in:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your team"
|
||||
msgstr "Vul de naam van uw team in"
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Select your team leader"
|
||||
msgstr "Selecteer uw teamleider"
|
||||
msgid "Select your channel leader"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Select your team members"
|
||||
@ -3077,11 +3115,8 @@ msgstr "Selecteer uw teamleden"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
|
||||
"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
|
||||
"access your new team from your Dashboard."
|
||||
"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vergeet niet de checkbox \"Opportuniteiten\" aan te vinken indien u "
|
||||
"opportuniteiten wilt beheren en klik vervolgens op OPSLAAN wanneer u klaar "
|
||||
"bent. U kan nu toegang krijgen tot uw nieuw team vanuit uw dashboard."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Dennis Sluijk <dennissluijk@outlook.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -82,6 +82,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
|
||||
"example)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het is ten sterkste aanbevolen het gedrag te testen door demo "
|
||||
"klanten/producten te gebruiken (met een 'wegwerp e-mail' "
|
||||
"<http://www.mailinator.com>'__adres, bijvoorbeeld)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -200,8 +203,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Too much users error message"
|
||||
msgstr "Te veel gebruikers foutmelding"
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
@ -61,12 +61,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
|
||||
"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
|
||||
" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Office 365 staat geen externe hosts zoals Odoo toe. Hierdoor kan u office "
|
||||
"365 e-mail servers niet gebruiken om e-mails te verzenden of ontvangen in "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers laten niet toe externe emails te verzenden van "
|
||||
"hosts als Odoo. Hierdoor kunt u enkel zulke email servers gebruiken voor "
|
||||
"inkomende berichten."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
|
||||
@ -92,6 +93,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
|
||||
"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vul het formulier in naargelang uw email provider zijn instellingen. Laat "
|
||||
"het *Acties te ondernemen bij inkomende mail* blanco. Eenmaal alle "
|
||||
"informatie is ingevuld, klik op *TEST & BEVESTIG*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -99,6 +103,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
|
||||
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Standaard worden inkomende berichten elke 5 minuten opgehaald. Je kan deze "
|
||||
"waarde veranderen in de ontwikkelaars modus. Ga naar "
|
||||
":menuselection:'Instellingen --> Technisch --> Automatisering --> Geplande "
|
||||
"acties' en zoek voor *Mail: Fetchmail dienst*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Set the domain name"
|
||||
@ -153,48 +161,53 @@ msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen e-mail servers te gebruiken met Odoo Online"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server "
|
||||
"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it "
|
||||
"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source "
|
||||
"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
|
||||
" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
|
||||
"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
|
||||
"as it is really convenient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
|
||||
"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
|
||||
"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
|
||||
"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
|
||||
"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
|
||||
"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 methods:"
|
||||
msgstr "Er zijn 2 methodes:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to"
|
||||
" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create"
|
||||
" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following "
|
||||
"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. "
|
||||
"That's it you're ready to go!"
|
||||
"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
|
||||
"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
|
||||
"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
|
||||
"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
|
||||
"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
|
||||
"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That "
|
||||
"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). "
|
||||
"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a "
|
||||
"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online "
|
||||
"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
|
||||
"above section."
|
||||
"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
|
||||
" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
|
||||
@ -203,7 +216,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"spam."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
|
||||
"domain name settings:"
|
||||
@ -211,15 +224,15 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om SPF-conform te zijn moet u Odoo authoriseren als een verzend host in uw "
|
||||
"domeinnaam instellingen:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
|
||||
msgstr "Meld u aan met uw domeinaccount op uw domein provider."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
|
||||
msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
|
||||
msgstr "Localiseer de pagina voor het updaten van uw domein zijn DNS records."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
|
||||
"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
@ -227,21 +240,21 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Indien er geen TXT record is ingesteld maakt u er één aan met de volgende "
|
||||
"definitie: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Indien er al een TXT record is ingesteld voegt u \"include:_spf.odoo.com\" "
|
||||
"toe."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
|
||||
msgstr "b.v voor een Gmail server moet dit zijn:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
@ -249,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een "
|
||||
"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
@ -257,18 +270,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar "
|
||||
"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe te kiezen tussen Odoo en mijn traditionele e-mail box"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
|
||||
" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
|
||||
@ -278,7 +291,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"external email box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
|
||||
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
|
||||
"better)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Als je klanten veel items tegelijk kopen, maak dan hun proces korter door "
|
||||
"aankopen vanaf de catalogus pagina in te schakelen. Om dit te doen, voeg een"
|
||||
" product omschrijving toe en voeg de knop 'voeg toe aan winkelwagen' toe. "
|
||||
"Zet volgende opties op in het *Bewerk* menu: Product omschrijving, Voeg toe "
|
||||
"aan winkelwagen, lijstweergave (om de product omschrijving beter te tonen)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to build a product page"
|
||||
@ -696,6 +701,133 @@ msgstr "Lanceer mijn website"
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr "Wordt betaald"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met Authorize.Net"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
|
||||
"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
|
||||
"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
|
||||
"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
|
||||
"'Get Started'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
|
||||
" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
|
||||
"press the related option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Go through the registration steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
|
||||
"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
|
||||
"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
|
||||
" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
|
||||
" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "Ga live"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
|
||||
"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
|
||||
"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
|
||||
"production mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
|
||||
"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
|
||||
" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
|
||||
"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
|
||||
" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
|
||||
"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers"
|
||||
@ -872,11 +1004,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers"
|
||||
@ -999,13 +1126,10 @@ msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met Paypal"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
|
||||
"starter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Paypay is de gemakkelijkste online betaalmethode om te configureren. Het is "
|
||||
"ook de enige zonder een abonnementskost. We adviseren dit absoluut aan een "
|
||||
"starter."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
|
||||
@ -1076,10 +1200,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr "Stel Paypal's betaalmethode in op Odoo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
|
||||
@ -1115,10 +1235,6 @@ msgstr "Sleutel: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
|
||||
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
|
||||
msgstr "Waarde: uw Paypal *identiteitstoken*"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "Ga live"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
|
||||
@ -1200,10 +1316,6 @@ msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
|
||||
"Then click on **Create**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om dit te bereiken, voltooi het veld **Geautoriseerde redirect URLs**. "
|
||||
"Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: "
|
||||
"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -744,8 +747,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "BASICS"
|
||||
msgstr "BASIS"
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to add a user"
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
@ -442,14 +442,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
|
||||
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
|
||||
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
|
||||
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
|
||||
"subscription issues."
|
||||
"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
|
||||
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Uw Odoo Online abonnement bevat een **ongelimiteerde ondersteuningsdienst "
|
||||
"aan geen extra kosten, 24/5, maandag tot vrijdag**. Om 24u te dekken zitten "
|
||||
"onze teams in San Francisco, België en India. Vragen kunnen over eender wat "
|
||||
"gaan, van: hoe te gebruiken of configureren, bugfix aanvragen, betalingen of"
|
||||
" abonnement problemen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -498,16 +493,22 @@ msgstr "Succes pak diensten"
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
|
||||
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
|
||||
"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
|
||||
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
|
||||
"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
|
||||
"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
|
||||
"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
|
||||
"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het succes pak is een pakket van eersteklas gebaseerde diensten uitgevoerd "
|
||||
"door een toegewezen projectleider en bedrijfsanalist. De lijst van diensten "
|
||||
"van onze succes pakketten staat online uitgeschreven: `https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
|
||||
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
|
||||
@ -517,11 +518,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"gedefinieerde tijdspanne en budget, zoals het initiële aantal uren opgegeven"
|
||||
" in het succes pakket."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
|
||||
msgid "His/her role includes:"
|
||||
msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
|
||||
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
|
||||
@ -531,11 +532,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"de implementatie (routekaart), mappen van uw bedrijf zijn noden en de Odoo "
|
||||
"mogelijkheden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
|
||||
msgstr "**Aangepaste ondersteuning:** via telefoon, e-mail of webinar."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
|
||||
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
|
||||
@ -547,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"trainingen op locatie wordt er een extra vergoeding gevraagd voor de "
|
||||
"verplaatsing en accommodatie van uw consultant."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
|
||||
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
|
||||
@ -557,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"geïmplementeerd worden en geavanceerde configuratie. (bijvoorbeeld "
|
||||
"logistieke routes, geavanceerde prijsstructuren, enz.)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
|
||||
"prepared by the project manager."
|
||||
@ -565,26 +566,26 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Data import**: wij kunnen dit doen of u ondersteunen met een sjabloon "
|
||||
"gemaakt voor de projectleider."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
|
||||
"services:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
|
||||
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
|
||||
"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
|
||||
"developers for advanced customizations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
|
||||
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
|
||||
@ -596,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"bouwblokken kan gebruiken met de website designer. Deze gespendeerde tijd "
|
||||
"gaat van uw succes pakket."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
|
||||
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
|
||||
@ -607,20 +608,20 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang "
|
||||
"tot Odoo ontwikkelaars."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
|
||||
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
|
||||
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
|
||||
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
|
||||
"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
|
||||
@ -629,18 +630,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"added to the subscription fee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
|
||||
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
|
||||
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
|
||||
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
|
||||
@ -649,7 +650,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage "
|
||||
"kostprijs."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
|
||||
"progressively, by groups of apps."
|
||||
@ -657,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
|
||||
"rollen, per groep of app."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
|
||||
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
|
||||
@ -669,11 +670,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"(fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u "
|
||||
"volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
|
||||
msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
|
||||
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
|
||||
@ -683,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te "
|
||||
"valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
|
||||
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
|
||||
@ -693,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
" bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de"
|
||||
" Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
|
||||
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
|
||||
@ -701,13 +702,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"process your feedback."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
|
||||
"gebruiken van Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
|
||||
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
|
||||
@ -717,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
|
||||
"aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
|
||||
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
|
||||
@ -728,11 +729,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder "
|
||||
"vragen heeft."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
|
||||
msgid "Managing your databases"
|
||||
msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
|
||||
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
|
||||
@ -740,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
|
||||
"klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
|
||||
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
|
||||
@ -750,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
" voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
|
||||
"test data!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
|
||||
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
|
||||
@ -762,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn "
|
||||
"Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
|
||||
"<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
@ -770,11 +771,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"U kan :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>` meer informatie vinden over "
|
||||
"hoe uw database te beheren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
|
||||
msgid "Customer Success"
|
||||
msgstr "Klanten succes"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
|
||||
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
|
||||
@ -782,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
|
||||
"verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
|
||||
"manager and eventually the support team."
|
||||
@ -790,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
|
||||
"eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
|
||||
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
|
||||
@ -804,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
|
||||
"werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
|
||||
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
|
||||
@ -812,10 +813,10 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
|
||||
"aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
|
||||
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
|
||||
msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -479,22 +479,23 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
|
||||
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
|
||||
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||||
"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
|
||||
" be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
|
||||
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This "
|
||||
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
|
||||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||||
"them)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||||
msgstr "Stel locatie barcodes in"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||||
@ -505,17 +506,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"paper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
|
||||
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Barcode formats"
|
||||
msgstr "Barcode formaten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||||
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||||
@ -523,7 +524,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
|
||||
"your own barcode format for internal use."
|
||||
@ -758,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||||
@ -1006,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Laten we kijken naar het resultaat, nu dit klaar is."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -2358,7 +2359,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
|
||||
msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
|
||||
@ -2766,7 +2767,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||||
msgstr "Memoriaal boekingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Memoriaal"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
|
||||
@ -2939,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -3003,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
|
||||
@ -3023,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
|
||||
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||||
@ -3063,7 +3064,7 @@ msgstr "Kostprijsbepaling"
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||||
msgstr "Kostprijs"
|
||||
msgstr "Vaste verrekenprijs"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
|
||||
@ -3735,45 +3736,52 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
|
||||
" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||||
" specific product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||||
"product form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
@ -4072,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||||
msgstr "Afleveradres"
|
||||
msgstr "Verzending"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
|
||||
@ -5639,7 +5647,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
|
||||
msgstr "Kostensoorten"
|
||||
msgstr "Prijs bij lossing types"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||||
@ -101,6 +101,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||||
"values for a given product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad "
|
||||
"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in "
|
||||
"het drop down menu. Daar, druk op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock "
|
||||
"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -157,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "Overzicht"
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Bill of Materials"
|
||||
msgstr "Materiaallijst"
|
||||
msgstr "Stuklijst"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
|
||||
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe een loyaliteit en beloningssysteem aan te maken en te gebruiken"
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "Activeer het geïntegreerde virtuele toetsenbord"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Invoicing"
|
||||
msgstr "Facturatie"
|
||||
msgstr "Boekhouding"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
|
||||
@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
|
||||
msgstr "Barcode scanner"
|
||||
msgstr "Barcode Scanner"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
|
||||
@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "Sta splitsen van rekeningen toe in het verkooppunt"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Bill Printing"
|
||||
msgstr "Rekening printen"
|
||||
msgstr "Rekening afdrukken"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||||
msgstr "Inkopen"
|
||||
msgstr "Inkoop"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||||
@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
|
||||
@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -524,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Import vendor pricelists"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe importeert u een prijslijst ?"
|
||||
msgstr "Importeer leverancier prijslijsten"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1158,6 +1159,69 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Request for Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Offerteaanvragen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
|
||||
"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
|
||||
"products have actually been received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what is"
|
||||
" called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
|
||||
"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
|
||||
"Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
|
||||
"bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
|
||||
"the 3-way matching."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
|
||||
"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
|
||||
"three possible values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
|
||||
"Bill and Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
|
||||
"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
|
||||
"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
|
||||
msgstr "Hoe de prestaties van mijn leveranciers te analyseren?"
|
||||
@ -1293,7 +1357,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
@ -1916,8 +1981,8 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
|
||||
msgstr "Leveren aan"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr "Dit bepaald de ontvangstwijze van de inkomende levering."
|
||||
msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Drop Ship Address"
|
||||
@ -2149,6 +2214,143 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel`"
|
||||
msgid "Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr "Inkoopbestedingen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Blanket Order** is a contract between you (the customer) and your "
|
||||
"supplier. It is used to negotiate a discounted price. The supplier is "
|
||||
"benefited by the economies of scale inherent in a large order. You are "
|
||||
"benefited by being allowed to take multiple smaller deliveries over a period"
|
||||
" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
|
||||
"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
|
||||
"conditions. These usually include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Unit price for each product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Blanket Order function is provided by the Purchase Agreements feature. "
|
||||
"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
|
||||
"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
|
||||
"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
|
||||
"box, then click on **Save**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreements`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
|
||||
"dates with each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
|
||||
" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Be careful to change the **Quantity** field on the RFQ. By default, the RFQ"
|
||||
" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
|
||||
"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
|
||||
" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Agreements "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -2187,64 +2389,65 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreements (PA)`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
|
||||
" submitted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
|
||||
" order to the chosen vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
|
||||
"be delivered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
|
||||
"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
|
||||
"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
|
||||
"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
|
||||
" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Tenders "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Sales"
|
||||
msgstr "Verkopen"
|
||||
msgstr "Verkoop"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Topics"
|
||||
@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on "
|
||||
"**Apply** when you're done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vul de login **email ID** in, vink het selectierondje aan onder **In het "
|
||||
"portaal** en voeg de inhoud toe die in de email toegevoegd moet worden in de"
|
||||
" tekstcontainer onderaan. Druk op **Opslaan** wanneer je klaar bent."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -364,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
||||
msgstr "Instelling"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Install the Sales application"
|
||||
@ -1114,24 +1117,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
|
||||
"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
|
||||
"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
|
||||
"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
|
||||
"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
|
||||
"delivery order automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Plus, het controleren van een aanbod vanuit een mobiele telefoon is "
|
||||
"gemakkelijk. Heel gemakkelijk. De klant krijgt een duidelijke offerte met "
|
||||
"een inhoudsopgave. We kunnen gemakkelijk communiceren. Ik identificeerde een"
|
||||
" upselling opportuniteit. Dus wijzig ik mijn offerte door meer producten toe"
|
||||
" te voegen. Wanneer het aanbod klaar is moet de klant het enkel online "
|
||||
"tekenen in een paar klikken. Odoo verkopen is geïntegreerd met de grootste "
|
||||
"verzend diensten: UPS, Fedex, USPS en meer. Het getekende aanbod maakt "
|
||||
"automatisch een leveringsorder aan."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Dat is het, ik heb succesvol mijn producten verkocht in een paar klikken."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1716,7 +1710,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel "
|
||||
"gevallen handig :"
|
||||
"gevallen handig:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -93,6 +93,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
|
||||
"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Een voorafgaande stap is een Google Analytics account aan te maken en de "
|
||||
"tracking ID in te geven bij je Website's instellingen (zie "
|
||||
":doc:'google_analytics')."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -138,6 +141,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. "
|
||||
"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De "
|
||||
"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De "
|
||||
"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ msgstr "选择*Calendar API*。"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
|
||||
"to store your API credentials."
|
||||
msgstr "创建一个新项目并取名(例如Odoo)。项目用于存贮API证书。"
|
||||
msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名(如Odoo),此项目用于存放你的API证书。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Enable the API."
|
||||
msgstr "启用API。"
|
||||
msgstr "启用API接口。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "创建用于Odoo的证书。"
|
||||
msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
|
||||
"'/google_account/authentication'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"然后创建一个客户端ID。输入应用名称(例如Odoo)及你被许可重定向的页面。*授权JavaScript原点*是你的Odoo实例URL。*授权的重定向URL*是Odoo实例的URL,后接'/google_account/authentication'。"
|
||||
"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称(如Odoo)及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址,*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -235,14 +235,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`manual` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`import`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`import` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`website`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`website` "
|
||||
|
||||
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息, 可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的 **常见问题** "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`emails` "
|
||||
@ -2502,40 +2502,36 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
|
||||
msgstr ":DOC:`../../报告/分析` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new team?"
|
||||
msgstr "如何创建新的销售团队?"
|
||||
msgid "How to create a new channel?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** "
|
||||
"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed"
|
||||
" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales "
|
||||
"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* "
|
||||
"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
|
||||
"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
|
||||
"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
|
||||
"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
|
||||
" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
|
||||
"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
|
||||
"new one from scratch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"在销售模块, 您的销售团队从 **仪表盘** 菜单访问。如果从一个新的实例启动, 你会发现一个销售团队被默认安装 "
|
||||
":直接销售。您可以开始使用默认的销售团队和编辑它(请参考 : doc :`organize_pipeline` 之 *创建及组织维护阶段* ), "
|
||||
"或者从头开始创建一个新的。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
|
||||
"and click on **Create**."
|
||||
"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
|
||||
"Channels` and click on **Create**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建**"
|
||||
" 。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Fill in the fields :"
|
||||
msgstr "填写字段 :"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your team"
|
||||
msgstr "输入你的团队名字"
|
||||
msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Select your team leader"
|
||||
msgstr "选择你的团队领导"
|
||||
msgid "Select your channel leader"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Select your team members"
|
||||
@ -2545,8 +2541,8 @@ msgstr "选择你的团队成员"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
|
||||
"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
|
||||
"access your new team from your Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会\" 选择如果你要管理机会, 点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。 "
|
||||
"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr "为便于查找,我们用UUID辨别数据库,因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID,确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Too much users error message"
|
||||
msgstr "用户量超标的错误消息"
|
||||
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -55,9 +55,10 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
|
||||
"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "Office 365不支持Odoo这类的外部主机,因此无法通过Office 365电邮服务器在Odoo上收发消息。"
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
|
||||
" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
|
||||
@ -148,50 +149,53 @@ msgstr "如何通过Odoo在线使用我自己的邮件服务器"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server "
|
||||
"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it "
|
||||
"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source "
|
||||
"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
|
||||
" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
|
||||
"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
|
||||
"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
|
||||
"as it is really convenient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo在线具有嵌入式和立即可用的邮件服务器(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*)。我们建议保持此默认设置,因为它非常便捷。带有Odoo标签时,从Odoo发出的任何可见消息源都是你的个人邮件地址(你的Odoo登录),联系人也会因此而信任你发送的邮件。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
|
||||
"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
|
||||
"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
|
||||
msgstr "如你希望联系人在回复邮件时看到你的历史地址,或者希望自行管理邮件服务器,仍可使用你自己的邮件服务器。"
|
||||
"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
|
||||
"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
|
||||
"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 methods:"
|
||||
msgstr "以下有两种设置方法:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to"
|
||||
" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create"
|
||||
" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following "
|
||||
"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. "
|
||||
"That's it you're ready to go!"
|
||||
"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
|
||||
"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
|
||||
"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
|
||||
"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
|
||||
"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
|
||||
"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That "
|
||||
"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). "
|
||||
"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a "
|
||||
"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online "
|
||||
"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
|
||||
"above section."
|
||||
"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**使用catchall邮箱**单独使用你自己的邮件服务器。这是你管理自己的邮件服务器可信度的方式(黑名单机制等)。由于cron每小时运行一次,接收的邮件从邮件服务器中获取。这是cron在线实例的最短时间段。如你选择了这种解决方案,只需按照以下步骤设置。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr "在Odoo上使用外部邮件服务器时如何与SPF兼容"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
|
||||
" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
|
||||
@ -201,62 +205,62 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"发送者策略框架(SPF)是一种邮件确认系统,它可以检查某个域名发出的邮件是否经过域名管理者的授权。这种安全机制被用于多数邮件服务器。如果不兼容,则你从Odoo发出的邮件很可能被标记为垃圾邮件。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
|
||||
"domain name settings:"
|
||||
msgstr "为了与SPF兼容,你需要在域名设置中对Odoo授权。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
|
||||
msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
|
||||
msgstr "在你的域名主机中登入你域名的帐户。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
|
||||
msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
|
||||
msgstr "找到域名DNS记录的更新页面。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
|
||||
"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr "如果未设置TXT格式的记录,用以下定义创建一个记录:v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
|
||||
msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr "如已经设置了TXT记录,添加\"include:_spf.odoo.com\""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
|
||||
msgstr "例如,Gmail服务器可以这样设置:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr " v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>,在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效,但通常用不了那么长时间。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
|
||||
msgstr "如何在Odoo和传统的电子邮箱之间做出选择"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
|
||||
" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
|
||||
@ -268,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo讨论是一种发送与读取业务相关信息的完美工具,但它不会替代功能完善的电邮解决方案(如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, "
|
||||
"AOL等)。我们建议采用两种方案的优势部分,而不是混用:与Odoo业务目标或应用相关的信息进入Odoo,无法管理的信息进入外部邮箱。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
|
||||
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: fausthuang <faust_huang@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "定价"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Taxes"
|
||||
msgstr "税金"
|
||||
msgstr "税"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Checkout process"
|
||||
@ -666,6 +666,133 @@ msgstr "打开我的网站"
|
||||
msgid "Get paid"
|
||||
msgstr "付款"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
|
||||
"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
|
||||
"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
|
||||
"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
|
||||
"'Get Started'."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
|
||||
" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
|
||||
"press the related option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Go through the registration steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
|
||||
"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
|
||||
"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
|
||||
" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
|
||||
"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
|
||||
" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "激活"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
|
||||
"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
|
||||
"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
|
||||
"production mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
|
||||
"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
|
||||
" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
|
||||
"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
|
||||
" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
|
||||
"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr "如何让购买者付款"
|
||||
@ -844,11 +971,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal` "
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
|
||||
msgstr "如何管理付款的订单"
|
||||
@ -966,10 +1088,10 @@ msgstr "如何用Paypal收款"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
|
||||
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
|
||||
"starter."
|
||||
msgstr "Paypal是最容易配置、并且唯一没有订阅费的网上支付方式。我们强烈建议初学者使用Paypal。"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
|
||||
@ -1039,10 +1161,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
|
||||
msgstr "如你希望顾客在没有创建Paypal账户的情况下付款,需要打开**Paypal账户可选**。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr "在Odoo中设置Paypal付款方式"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
|
||||
@ -1078,10 +1196,6 @@ msgstr " Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token "
|
||||
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
|
||||
msgstr "Value: 你的Paypal *身份识别令牌*"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Go live"
|
||||
msgstr "激活"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
|
||||
@ -1158,10 +1272,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
|
||||
msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
|
||||
msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -727,8 +727,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后,有4个联系人、3个公司(前两个联系人服务于同一公司)。你必须首先导入公司,然后导入人员。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "BASICS"
|
||||
msgstr "基本操作"
|
||||
msgid "Basics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to add a user"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -398,11 +398,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
|
||||
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
|
||||
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
|
||||
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
|
||||
"subscription issues."
|
||||
"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
|
||||
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo在线订阅, 包含: 一个* *免费的支持服务, 24/5,周一到周五* *。24小时内, 在旧金山,比利时和印度的团队会提供支持。问题涵盖了: "
|
||||
"如何使用或配置, 错误修复请求,支付或订阅问题。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -446,36 +444,44 @@ msgstr "成功包服务"
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
|
||||
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
|
||||
"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
|
||||
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
|
||||
"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
|
||||
"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
|
||||
"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
|
||||
"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"成功包包含由一个项目经理和业务分析师提供的以小时计时的服务。包里面的服务清单在: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs"
|
||||
" <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
|
||||
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
|
||||
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
|
||||
"your success pack."
|
||||
msgstr "项目经理的目标是帮助你在时间和预算下能上线, 即成功包中的小时数。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
|
||||
msgid "His/her role includes:"
|
||||
msgstr "他的角色包括:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
|
||||
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
|
||||
"features."
|
||||
msgstr "* * 项目管理* * : 回顾你的目标和期望, 实施步骤(路线图), 规划业务需求和Odoo特性。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
|
||||
msgstr "* *定制的支持:* * 可通过电话、邮件或网络研讨会。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
|
||||
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
|
||||
@ -483,39 +489,39 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"consultant."
|
||||
msgstr "* *培训、指导和现场咨询:* * 通过屏幕共享的远程培训或现场培训。现场培训部分, 需要支付顾问额外的差旅费用和住宿费。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
|
||||
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
|
||||
"structures, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr "* *配置:* * 如何实现特定需求和高级配置。(如物流路线,先进的定价结构,等等)。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
|
||||
"prepared by the project manager."
|
||||
msgstr "* *数据导入* *:我们可以做, 或是由项目经理提供模板指导你来做."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
|
||||
"services:"
|
||||
msgstr "如你已经订阅了**Studio**,你将获得以下的额外服务:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
|
||||
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
|
||||
msgstr "**定制屏幕:**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
|
||||
"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
|
||||
"developers for advanced customizations."
|
||||
msgstr "**定制报告(PDF格式):**Studio本身不允许你自行定制报告,但我们的项目经理能通过开发者的高级定制功能实现。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
|
||||
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
|
||||
@ -523,27 +529,27 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"of your success pack."
|
||||
msgstr " * *网站设计:* * 标准模块是免费的。然而, 项目经理可以指导你如何使用基本模块。所用时间从成功包中扣除。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
|
||||
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
|
||||
"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
|
||||
msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* * 例如设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
|
||||
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
|
||||
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
|
||||
msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留,且没有额外收费。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
|
||||
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
|
||||
msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
|
||||
"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
|
||||
@ -552,30 +558,30 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"added to the subscription fee."
|
||||
msgstr "如需开发者协助定制,将向顾客的订阅中收取一定的费用,用于支付维护和升级服务。费用可以按小时计算:4欧元或5美元/月每小时,算入订阅费。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
|
||||
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
|
||||
"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
|
||||
msgstr "**举例**:2小时的定制开发将收费:将2小时从定制化开发的Success包中扣除,2*5=10美元/月作为此次定制的经常性维护费用。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
|
||||
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr "实施方法论"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
|
||||
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
|
||||
msgstr "我们遵循 * *精益和实践方法* *, 能帮助客户在短时间内上线, 并且耗费较低。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
|
||||
"progressively, by groups of apps."
|
||||
msgstr "启动会议后,我们通过一系列的应用程序定义Odoo的部署阶段计划. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
|
||||
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
|
||||
@ -584,11 +590,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"* *启动电话* *的目的是为了让项目经理了解客户的业务, 以便提出(阶段性的)实施计划。每个阶段都会部署一组应用程序, 在上线时都将被用到。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
|
||||
msgstr "对于每个阶段,步骤如下:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
|
||||
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
|
||||
@ -596,14 +602,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"* *登机:* * Odoo项目经理将根据具体的业务, 与客户一起检查业务流程。这么做的目的是为了培训客户, 确认业务流程, 按照客户的需求进行配置。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
|
||||
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
|
||||
"manager will import them in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "* *数据:* *手动创建或从现有系统导入。客户负责从现有的系统导出, Odoo的项目经理将数据导入Odoo。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
|
||||
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
|
||||
@ -613,18 +619,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"**培训:** "
|
||||
"若您Odoo实施完成,且已成功导入数据,哈~系统运行顺利啦,您将需要给您的用户们一次培训了啦。培训时会有Odoo项目经理来解答和处理您反馈的问题。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr " * *生产:* * 一旦培训好, 用户可开始使用Odoo。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
|
||||
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
|
||||
" and reports**)."
|
||||
msgstr "一旦适应Odoo, 我们将调整过程并做些* *自动化 * *的任务, 剩下的定制也将开发( * *额外的开发和报告* *)。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
|
||||
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
|
||||
@ -632,24 +638,24 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"一旦所有应用程序都已部署并且用户已适应了Odoo, 项目经理不再为这个项目工作 (除非你有新的需求),如果您有进一步的问题, 可使用售后支持服务。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
|
||||
msgid "Managing your databases"
|
||||
msgstr "管理数据库"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
|
||||
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
|
||||
msgstr "要访问数据库, 点击Odoo.com, 登录并在右上角的下拉菜单单击* *我的数据库* *。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
|
||||
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
|
||||
" with test data!"
|
||||
msgstr "在系统上线或升级之前, Odoo会让你测试。不会让测试数据扰乱正式环境!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
|
||||
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
|
||||
@ -659,29 +665,29 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"你可以创建你想要的免费试用(15天)。这些实例可以即时复制到你的工作环境。如需复制, 在Odoo.com帐户, * *我组织* *页面, 点击* "
|
||||
"*复制* *。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
|
||||
"<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here<db_management/documentation>`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
|
||||
msgid "Customer Success"
|
||||
msgstr "客户成功"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
|
||||
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
|
||||
msgstr "Odoo在于满足客户所有需求, 使客户满意。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
|
||||
"manager and eventually the support team."
|
||||
msgstr "在实施阶段,你的联系人是项目经理, 后面是售后支持。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
|
||||
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
|
||||
@ -692,16 +698,16 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, "
|
||||
"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
|
||||
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
|
||||
msgstr "我们的内部目标是与客户保持联系至少10年, 随着客户不同的需求为他们提供解决方案!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
|
||||
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
|
||||
msgstr "欢迎加入,享受你的Odoo!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -439,25 +439,23 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
|
||||
"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
|
||||
"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||||
"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
|
||||
" be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
|
||||
"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This "
|
||||
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点, 你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些, "
|
||||
"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** "
|
||||
"按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
|
||||
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
|
||||
"them)."
|
||||
msgstr "产品变型: 注意,需要在产品变型添加条码,而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
|
||||
msgstr "设置位置条码"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||||
@ -470,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> "
|
||||
"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
|
||||
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
|
||||
@ -478,11 +476,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"库位命名例子 : **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - ( **坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z** ) 例如 : "
|
||||
"A032-025-133"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Barcode formats"
|
||||
msgstr "条码格式"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||||
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||||
@ -492,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用 "
|
||||
":你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
|
||||
"your own barcode format for internal use."
|
||||
@ -775,7 +773,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
|
||||
" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
|
||||
"into one big picking."
|
||||
msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供,由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大分拣。"
|
||||
msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供,由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Minimum Quantity"
|
||||
@ -2024,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "这样已经完成了发货步骤并且 **发货单** 的调拨已经在
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||||
msgstr "入向送货"
|
||||
msgstr "入库"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||||
@ -2388,8 +2386,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
|
||||
msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr "如何调拨收货到仓库?"
|
||||
msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3001,11 +2999,9 @@ msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候, Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
|
||||
"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
|
||||
"设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3074,10 +3070,8 @@ msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)"
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
|
||||
" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
|
||||
"收货(Receipts)` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -3096,10 +3090,8 @@ msgstr "当你点击报废按钮, 一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
|
||||
"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
|
||||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"要按照向导变更报废库位, 你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** , 进入菜单项 "
|
||||
":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->设置(Setting)` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||||
@ -3818,45 +3810,52 @@ msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
|
||||
" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
msgstr "收入/费用 : 默认定义在产品的内部分类, 也能在产品表单(会计页卡)设置为替换值。"
|
||||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||||
" specific product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||||
"product form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||||
"internal category"
|
||||
msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||||
msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||||
msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` "
|
||||
@ -4146,7 +4145,7 @@ msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Pack"
|
||||
msgstr "打包"
|
||||
msgstr "包裹"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
|
||||
@ -4505,7 +4504,7 @@ msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动, 对于每一个规则, 都提供
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
|
||||
msgid "Picking"
|
||||
msgstr "分拣"
|
||||
msgstr "拣货"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
|
||||
msgid "Packing"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: fausthuang <faust_huang@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "因行业不同,这种转换可能涉及多个方面。可能是简单
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Routing"
|
||||
msgstr "工艺"
|
||||
msgstr "工艺路线"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Talway <9010446@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "发票日记账"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
|
||||
msgstr "创建发票所用的会计日记账"
|
||||
msgstr "用于创建发票的会计日记账"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Group Journal Items"
|
||||
@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "现金管理"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
|
||||
msgstr "在开业和关闭检查钱箱的总额"
|
||||
msgstr "在开业和结束时检查钱箱总额"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Bill Splitting"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ msgstr "我通过采购招标建立了一个采购订单并和供应商确认了
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
|
||||
@ -974,6 +975,69 @@ msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 **
|
||||
msgid "Request for Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "询价单"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
|
||||
"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
|
||||
"products have actually been received."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what is"
|
||||
" called the **3-way matching**. It refers to the comparison of the "
|
||||
"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
|
||||
"Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
|
||||
"bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
|
||||
"the 3-way matching."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once this setting has been activated, a new information appears on the "
|
||||
"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
|
||||
"three possible values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
|
||||
"Bill and Receipt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
|
||||
"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
|
||||
"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
|
||||
msgstr "如何分析供应商的表现?"
|
||||
@ -1114,7 +1178,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:81
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` "
|
||||
@ -1693,11 +1758,11 @@ msgstr "送货"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||||
msgstr "入向送货"
|
||||
msgstr "入库"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Vendor Reference"
|
||||
msgstr "供应商单号"
|
||||
msgstr "供应商参照"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1731,8 +1796,8 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
|
||||
msgstr "交货到"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr "这将确定入向送货的拣货类型"
|
||||
msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
|
||||
msgid "Drop Ship Address"
|
||||
@ -1968,6 +2033,143 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel` "
|
||||
msgid "Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr "采购招标"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Blanket Order** is a contract between you (the customer) and your "
|
||||
"supplier. It is used to negotiate a discounted price. The supplier is "
|
||||
"benefited by the economies of scale inherent in a large order. You are "
|
||||
"benefited by being allowed to take multiple smaller deliveries over a period"
|
||||
" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
|
||||
"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
|
||||
"conditions. These usually include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Unit price for each product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Blanket Order function is provided by the Purchase Agreements feature. "
|
||||
"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
|
||||
"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
|
||||
"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
|
||||
"box, then click on **Save**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreements`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr "在“采购协议”窗口中点击**创建**,开启一个新的“采购协议”窗口。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
|
||||
"dates with each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
msgstr "在**产品**节点击**添加项目**,从产品列表中选择产品,然后输入**数量**。可以添加多个产品。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
|
||||
" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Be careful to change the **Quantity** field on the RFQ. By default, the RFQ"
|
||||
" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
|
||||
"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
|
||||
" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Agreements "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
" in our Online Demonstration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
|
||||
msgstr "如何管理采购招标"
|
||||
@ -2007,32 +2209,37 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreements (PA)`."
|
||||
msgstr "要创建一个新的采购招标,请在选单中打开采购->采购协议(PA)。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement window opens."
|
||||
msgstr "在“采购协议”窗口中点击**创建**,开启一个新的“采购协议”窗口。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
|
||||
msgstr "在**协议类型**字段中选择“采购招标”。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgstr "不需要定义**供应商**。"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
|
||||
" submitted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
|
||||
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
|
||||
"you wish."
|
||||
msgstr "在**产品**节点击**添加项目**,从产品列表中选择产品,然后输入**数量**。可以添加多个产品。"
|
||||
"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
|
||||
" order to the chosen vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
|
||||
"be delivered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
|
||||
msgstr "不需要定义**供应商**。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
|
||||
msgstr "点击**确认邀请**。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
|
||||
"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
|
||||
@ -2040,22 +2247,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"点击**新报价**按钮。会为采购招标上选择的产品创建一个询价单。选择一个**供应商**然后将询价单发给该供应商。每个供应商都要重复这一操作。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr "全部询价单发送完毕后,在采购招标上点击**确认**。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
|
||||
"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
|
||||
" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
|
||||
msgstr "供应商将发送报价,你可以相应地更新询价单。对于选中的供应商,你可以在询价单上点击“确认订单”并**取消**其他询价单。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
|
||||
msgstr "现在可以在采购招标上点击**完成**。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"View `Purchase Tenders "
|
||||
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
|
||||
@ -2063,10 +2270,6 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"在https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition在线的演示系统中查看采购招标"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
|
||||
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@ -786,6 +786,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
|
||||
"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"跟踪与一个销售订单或所售出的产品相关的服务有很多不同的方式。通过上面的配置,你只能为每个订单销售一个支持合同。如果你的客户在工时单上同时订购了多个服务合同,那么你必须将它们拆分到不同的订单中。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -812,6 +813,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
|
||||
"this support contract using the timesheet application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"一旦产品被创建,你就可以使用相关的产品创建报价单或销售订单。一旦报价单被确认并转换成销售订单,你的用户将能够使用工时单功能来为相关的支持合同登记服务。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
|
||||
msgid "Timesheets"
|
||||
@ -949,19 +951,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
|
||||
"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
|
||||
"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to "
|
||||
"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
|
||||
"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
|
||||
"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
|
||||
"delivery order automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"还有, "
|
||||
"从手机端查看报价非常容易。真的非常容易。客户得到带有清晰表格的报价单。我们可以清晰的交流。我标记了一个向上销售的商机。所以我通过在报价单上添加更多产品调整报价。当报价单准备好,"
|
||||
" 客户只是需要轻轻点几下鼠标就可以在线签核。销售和主要的货代服务商都有集成, 例如UPS FedEx, US PS以及更多, "
|
||||
"签核的报价单会子佛纳甘的创建发货单。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr "就是这样简单, 我只是点击了记下鼠标就把产品卖掉了"
|
||||
msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1791,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Taxes"
|
||||
msgstr "税金"
|
||||
msgstr "税"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1953,7 +1951,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
|
||||
"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
|
||||
" the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "通用条款可以在销售设置中进行指定。它们将自动显示到从报价单到发票过程中的每个销售文档上。"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@ -1966,7 +1964,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
|
||||
"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
|
||||
"documents)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "保存之后,你的条款将显示到新的报价单、销售订单和发票上(系统中有显示,你打印的单据上也有显示)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "eBay"
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user